Shure | PSM1000 | User guide | Shure PSM1000 Wireless Personal Monitor System User guide

Shure PSM1000 Wireless Personal Monitor System User guide
PSM1000
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
.Online user guide for PSM1000 wireless personal monitor system
Version: 6 (2019-F)
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪Table of Contents‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪PSM1000‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪RF‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺝ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ(‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ(‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪Switzerland Warning for Wireless‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪) Sync‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ(‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪Information to the user‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪PSM 1000‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫‪MixMode‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍء ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪LOOP‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ MixMode‬ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﹽﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪2/41‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪Connecting to an AMX or Crestron System‬‬
‫‪3/41‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪Message Types‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪Syntax‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪Example Messages‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪" Spectrum Scan‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ"‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪+P10R‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪P10T‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪PSM1000‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻤﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻦ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻢ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ؛ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺭﺷﺎﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻮءﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻫﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﹱﺎ ‪ 70‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪ I‬ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﹽﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪" -‬ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ" ﻭ"ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ" ‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪4/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹱﺎ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ 85‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ .((SPL‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺑﺄﺫﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ )‪ .(NIHL‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (OSHA‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 90‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 95‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 100‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 105‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 110‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 115‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ‪ 120‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺴﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ(‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ ،ACMA‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 31‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 820-520‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 31‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ‪ 820-694‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法‬‬
‫‪第十二條‬‬
‫‪經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機,非經許可,公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功‬‬
‫‪能。 第十四條‬‬
‫‪5/41‬‬
Shure Incorporated
低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信;經發現有干擾現象時,應立即停用,並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使
用。前項合法通信,指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機
。設備之干擾
(‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‬31 ‫ ﻗﺒﻞ‬.‫ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬،ACMA ‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬820-694 ‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬،‫ ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‬31 ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ‬:‫ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬820-520 ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
Switzerland Warning for Wireless
.WARNING: As of January 01, 2019 the use of radio transmitters in the bands 694 - 823 MHz is prohibited
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬.‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﺳﻠﻄﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬.‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‬.‫ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻄﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬Shure Incorporated ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
Shure ‫ ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬Shure ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ‬
Information to the user
:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions
.This device may not cause harmful interference 1
.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation 2
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
:following measures
.Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna
.Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver
.Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected
.Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help
•
•
•
•
This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic
:Development Canada’s licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions
.This device may not cause interference 1
.This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 2
6/41
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪L’émetteur/récepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et‬‬
‫‪Développement économique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux‬‬
‫‪: conditions suivantes‬‬
‫‪;L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage 1‬‬
‫‪L’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le 2‬‬
‫‪.fonctionnement‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ ‪ ICES-003‬ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B) :‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ EMC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﺍء ‪.EMC‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪PSM 1000‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ‪ PSM 1000‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Shure‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﹱﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹹﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﺻﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﹹﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫®‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪. Wireless Workbench‬‬
‫®‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﹹﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﺩﺍءﹰ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﹹﻌﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ Wireless Workbench‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ /‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪ IEC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ CueMode‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻳﹹﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫®‬
‫ﻣﹹﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻧﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺚ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﹽﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪MixMode‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ IFB‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪) PSM 900‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ( ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍء ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪7/41‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 80‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 39‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺿﻮﺣﹱﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◦ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ + P10R‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻄﹱﺎ ﻃﻴﻔﻴﹱﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹱﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﹹﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫◦ ﺗﻤﻜﹽﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪) IR sync‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء(‬
‫‪ P10T‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫◦ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﹹﺴﺘﺨﺪﹺﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪P10T‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫◦ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪ /‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Wireless Workbench‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭ‪™ShurePlus‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻄﹱﺎ ﻃﻴﻔﻴﹱﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﹱﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﹱﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ /‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ +P10R‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﹹﺤﺴﻦ ﻟﻠﺴﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺻﻮﺗﹱﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﹱﺎ ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻓﹱﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ Shure SE425‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ™ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑـ ‪ MicroDrivers‬ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ‪ SB900‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ‪ SCB800-US‬ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ SB900‬ﺷﺤﻨﹱﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎء ‪ SBC200‬ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ SB900A‬ﻭ‪ P3RA) PSM 300‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭ‪ P9RA) PSM 900‬ﻭ‪ +P9RA‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭ‪PSM‬‬
‫®‬
‫®‬
‫®‬
‫‪ P10R) 1000‬ﻭ‪ +P10R‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ QLX-D‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ULX-D‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ Axient‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪AD1‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ AD2‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺑـ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎء ‪ SBC220‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ SB900A‬ﻭ‪ +P9RA) PSM 900‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭ‪ +P10R) PSM 1000‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ QLX-D‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ULX-D‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‪ Axient‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ AD1‬ﻭ‪ AD2‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺑـ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺑﹹﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ‪SBC220‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪P10T‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ )‪P10R+ (2‬‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ )‪AA (4‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ )‪(2‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IEC‬ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ‪IEC‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺴﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫• ﺳﺪﺍﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫• ‪ 4‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻔﻠﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫‪8/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪.antenna out BNC‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻘﺒﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ "‪) "Mono‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Audio‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ‪.Mono‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.Util > Audio > INPUT‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻱ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ dBu 4+‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ .Audio‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﹱﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ –‪.dBV 10‬‬
‫‪9/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﹽﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪11/41‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ . scan‬ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪....SYNC NOW‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ sync‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ‪ LED‬ﻟـ‪ Level‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪.SYNC SUCCESS‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﹱﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )‪.(RF‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬
Shure Incorporated
12/41
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫① ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.TX‬‬
‫② ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫③ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻱ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ enter‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ exit ،‬ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ .‬ﯾﺵﯾﺭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﺇﻝﯽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﻁ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.Audio > Input‬‬
‫④ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ — ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺯﺭ‬
‫‪ .enter‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ exit‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫⑤ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ 3.5‬ﻣﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫⑥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫⑦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻔﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ .Util‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫⑧ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ IEC، 100-240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪13/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫⑨ ﻣﻤﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻳﹹﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ‪ IEC‬ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫⑩ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ )‪(BNC‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺑﹹﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪.Shure‬‬
‫⑪ ‪loop out‬‬
‫ﺗﹹﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫⑫ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺲ ‪ XLR‬ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻭ ‪ TRS‬ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ 6.35‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 1/4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫⑬ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ‪ RJ-45‬ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﹱﺎ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫① ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫② ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫③ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫④ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫⑤ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‬
‫⑥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫⑦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫⑧ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻤﺰﻭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫⑨ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫⑩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫⑪ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ‪TV‬‬
‫‪14/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )‪(RF‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Radio‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﹱﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ch‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪MHz 888.888‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ‪ 25‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪PWR‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 50‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻭﺍﻁ )ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Custom‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.Audio‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ )‪(Input‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪15/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪Line‬‬
‫‪ 4+‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ(‬
‫‪Aux‬‬
‫–‪ 10‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(Mode‬‬
‫‪Stereo/MX‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mono‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪PTP‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )‪(Level‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )‪(Sync‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ )‪(RxSetup‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﹹﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.NoChange‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﻳﻘﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Off‬ﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪16/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ )‪ (ST‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ )‪.MixMode (MX‬‬
‫‪Bal Mx‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪.MixMode‬‬
‫‪Bal St‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ‪ P9RA‬ﻭ‪P10R‬‬
‫‪V Lim‬‬
‫‪ :ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lim Val‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪HiBoost‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﹽﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ )‪(Spectrum‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪ IR‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ SyncScan‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Deploy‬‬
‫ﻳﹹﺪﺧﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Cursor‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zoom‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﮐﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﯾﻝ ﺏﯾﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﮐﺐﯾﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Sync‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء(‪.‬‬
‫‪17/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫‪Util > Channel Name‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪Util > Display‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪Brightness‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪Disp. Invert‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻀﻲء‪.‬‬
‫‪Contrast‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪18/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Util > Lock > Power Switch‬‬
‫‪Locked‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Util > Lock > Front Panel‬‬
‫‪Locked‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ‪Util > Unlock‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )‪(Device‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.Channel Name‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ )‪(Mode‬‬
‫‪Automatic‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪.DHCP‬‬
‫‪Manual‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹱﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪ (IP‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ )‪.(SUB‬‬
‫‪MAC‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ )‪(Find All‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﹲﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Show Info‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Flash‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ‪ LEDS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪19/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Back‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ )‪(More‬‬
‫‪Product ID‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Reset All‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪FW Update‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹱﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Download‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪IR‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء(‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫① ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪.‬‬
‫② ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ 3.5‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪20/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫③ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫④ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء )‪(IR‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫⑤ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻲ ‪ AA‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Shure‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫⑥ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ▼▲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫⑦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻥ ▼▲‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ MixMode‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫⑧ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫⑨ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﹱﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫⑩ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﹹﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫⑪ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪SMA‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫⑫ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ‪ AA‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻟﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Shure SB900‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪RF‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.RADIO‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﹱﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪CH‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪MHz 888.888‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ▼▲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪SQUELCH‬‬
‫‪21/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪FULL SCAN‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺴﺢ ﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪RF PAD‬‬
‫ﻳﹹﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANTENNA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.Audio‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪(MODE‬‬
‫‪STEREO‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻛﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫®‬
‫‪MIXMODE‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻧﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ )‪(EQ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻫﻤﺎ‪LOW :‬ﻭ ‪LOW MID‬ﻭ ‪HIGH MID‬ﻭ ‪ .HIGH‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ ،EQ‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪FREQUENCY‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫‪Q‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﻣﻴﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪GAIN‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 6-‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ( ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6+‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ HIGH and LOW :‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ‪ Q‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺡ ‪ HIGH‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ؛ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪ LOW‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪22/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(V LIM‬‬
‫‪V LIM‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ OFF‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،dB 48-‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ( ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ؛ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(V LOCK‬‬
‫‪ +P9RA‬ﻭ ‪ +P10R‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ON‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻞ ‪ V LOCK‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ )‪(EQPre‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Match‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ PSM‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫‪Flat‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )‪(BAL ST / BAL MIX‬‬
‫‪BAL ST / BAL MX‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻥ ▼▲‬
‫‪23/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ‪MixMode‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.UTILITIES‬‬
‫‪CUEMODE‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CUEMODE‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ enter‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ‪EXIT CUEMODE‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪CONTRAST‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪LOCK PANEL‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻔﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ exit‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ‪ OFF‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.enter‬‬
‫‪BATTERY‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ SB900 - Shure‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،Hrs: Min Left، temperature، Status، Cycle Count :‬ﻭ‬
‫‪.Health‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ POWER SAVE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪RESTORE‬‬
‫ﻳﹹﻌﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹱﺎ )ﺱ‪:‬ﺩﺩ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪24/41‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Shure SB900A‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪ 06:00‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 03:50‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 04:20‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 02:45‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 03:15‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 02:05‬ﺹ‬
‫‪8:00‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪3:45‬‬
‫‪ 6:45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪3:45‬‬
‫‪ 6:00‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪3:45‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪ 03:50‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 02:50‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 02:45‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 02:00‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 02:05‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 01:30‬ﺹ‬
‫‪3:45‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪2:45‬‬
‫‪ 3:45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪2:45‬‬
‫‪ 3:45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪2:45‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪ 02:50‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 01:15‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 02:00‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 01:00‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 01:30‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 12:50‬ﺹ‬
‫‪2:45‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪1:45‬‬
‫‪ 2:45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪1:45‬‬
‫‪ 2:45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪1:45‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪ 01:15‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 12:25‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 1:00‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪0:20‬‬
‫‪ 0:50‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪0:20‬‬
‫‪1:50‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪0:55‬‬
‫‪ 1:50‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪0:55‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ 12:25‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 12:15‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 12:20‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 12:10‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 12:20‬ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 12:10‬ﺹ‬
‫‪0:55‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪0:25‬‬
‫‪ 0:55‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪0:25‬‬
‫‪ 0:55‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪0:25‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪12:15‬‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪12:10‬‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪12:10‬‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫> ‪0:25‬‬
‫> ‪0:25‬‬
‫> ‪0:25‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪6:00‬‬
‫‪ 04:20‬ﺹ‬
‫‪ 03:15‬ﺹ‬
‫‪8:00‬‬
‫‪ 6:45‬ﺹ‬
‫‪6:00‬‬
‫‪ 1:50‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪0:55‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺒﻂء ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ AA‬ﻗﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Energizer‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪V LIMIT = 0dB‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ INPUT‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Line+4 dBu‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ Level‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 9−‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﺵ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ 8.7+‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 115‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ‪ SPL‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ‪) SE425‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ 22‬ﺃﻭﻡ( ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ PSM‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﺵ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﹱﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﻛﺘﺎﻑ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﹱﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻻﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪) .‬ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ scan‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾ ‪....SYNC NOW‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Shure‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪25/41‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.sync‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ scan‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .snyc‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ CueMode‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﹱﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ CueMode‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ CueMode‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ CueMode‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪.enter‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ UTILITIES‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .enter‬ﺣﺪﺩ ‪ CueMode‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ enter‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ sync‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ SYNC SUCCESS‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ .CueMode‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻳﻀﹱﺎ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ CueMode‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ CueMode‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺝ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ CueMode‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.UTILITIES‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ▼▲ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ CueMode‬ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ CueMode‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ enter‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪.EXIT CUEMODE‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ‪CueMode‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،Cue Mode‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:enter‬‬
‫‪REPLACE MIX‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DELETE MIX‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪DELETE ALL‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪EXIT CUEMODE‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ CueMode‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪26/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪) .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ‪ .RADIO > FULL SCAN‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ RUN SCAN‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪SPECTRUM‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪) .‬ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ )ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Sync‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﹱﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Sync > RxSetup‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪scan‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪sync‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ "‪."...SYNC NOW‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ Sync‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Sync‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪Radio > Custom :‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ U1) . Group‬ﻭ‪ U2‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ )‪ 01‬ﻭ‪ 02‬ﻭ‪ 03‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻘﻨﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪27/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺣﺪﺩ ‪ Load‬ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ enter‬ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Clear 6‬ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪MixMode‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ ،MixMode‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ▼▲( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ،MixMode‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪ L/CH1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪R/‬‬
‫‪.CH2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ .MixMode‬ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ،IFB‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪ L/CH1 R/CH2‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ،MixMode‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ▼▲( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪LOOP‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪) LOOP OUT L‬ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ( ﻭ‪) R‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ( ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪.LOOP OUT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ MixMode‬ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ .MixMode‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﺰﻳﺠﹱﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫‪ LOOP OUT R‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪ R/CH2‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪ 1‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ LOOP‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪ LOOP‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ LOOP‬ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪28/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻫﺴﻬﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺷﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿﹱﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺴﻬﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻀﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍء ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹱﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﹱﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ level‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺴﻬﺴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪HIGH (NORMAL‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪MID‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﻓﻘﹱﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪LOW‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﺣﺪ ﺇﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪*PILOT ONLY‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪*NO SQUELCH‬‬
‫ﻳﹹﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹱﺎ ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻗﹻﺒﻞ‬
‫ﹶ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻭﺇﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪) .‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ "ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ" ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫* ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ PTP‬ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟـ ‪ P10T‬ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ .UHF-R‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‪www.shure.com/americas/products/personal-monitor-systems :‬‬
‫‪29/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ RJ-45‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹱﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪:(Util > Network > Mode > Automatic‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪.DHCP‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Shure Wireless Workbench‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟـ ‪.DHCP‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪.2201‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﹱﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )‪.(Util > Network > Mode > Manual‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺘﻲ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪DHCP‬‬
‫‪30/41‬‬
Shure Incorporated
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
Connecting to an AMX or Crestron System
Connection: Ethernet (TCP/IP; select “Client” in the AMX/Crestron program)
Port: 2202
.The following messages can be used to communicate with an AMX or Crestron unit across an Ethernet connection
Message Types
:The control system sends the following command messages
Sent from the control system to the Shure device to change the value of a parameter. Used to set the
parameter to a specific value. Once a SET command is sent, the Shure device sends back a REPORT
.string with the current resultant setting
SET
Gets the current value of a parameter. Once a GET command is sent, the Shure device will send back a
.REPORT string with the current setting
GET
31/41
Shure Incorporated
Reports the current value for a parameter. The REPORT string is sent from the Shure device to the Control
system in response to a SET or GET command. The REPORT string is also sent when the value of the
.parameter is changed on the Shure device
REPORT
Syntax
.All messages sent and received are ASCII characters
.Each message begins with a "<" followed by a space
"<" Each message ends with a space followed by an
Each message is terminated by a carriage return and line feed (CRLF). The control system may need to enter the
hex value, equivalent to 0x0D0A. Please see the control system user guide for information on entering carriage
.returns
.If the message is a box parameter, there should be no channel number in the string
•
•
•
•
Example Messages
Example Messages for Channel Parameters
< GET 1 FREQUENCY > •
< REPORT 1 FREQUENCY 578000 > •
Example Messages for Box Parameters
< SET DEVICE_NAME Shure > •
< REPORT DEVICE_NAME Shure > •
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
REPORT DEVICE_NAME vvvvvvvv
GET DEVICE_NAME
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
REPORT x CHAN_NAME vvvvvvvv
SET x CHAN NAME vvvvvvvv
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
REPORT CHAN_NAME vvvvvvvv
GET x CHAN NAME
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
REPORT x AUDIO_IN_LVL vvvv
SET x AUDIO_IN_LVL vvvv
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
REPORT x AUDIO_IN_LVL vvvv
GET x AUDIO_IN_LVL
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
REPORT x FREQUENCY vvvvvvvvvvv
REPORT x GROUP_CHAN gg,ccvvv
SET x GROUP_CHAN gg,cc
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
REPORT x GROUP_CHAN gg,cc
GET x GROUP_CHAN
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
REPORT x FREQUENCY vvvvvvvvvvv
REPORT x GROUP_CHAN --,--vvv
SET x FREQUENCY vvvvvvvvvvv
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
REPORT x FREQUENCY vvvvvvvvvvv
GET x FREQUENCY
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
REPORT x RF_TX_LVL vvvvvv
SET x RF_TX_LVL vvvvvv
RF Tx ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
REPORT x RF_TX_LVL vvvvvv
GET x RF_TX_LVL
RF Tx ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
32/41
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ = SET x RF_MUTE vvvv 1‬ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪0 ،‬‬
‫= ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ = REPORT x RF_MUTE vvvv 1‬ﻛﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ = 0 ،‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ = GET x RF_MUTE 1‬ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ = 0 ،‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ = REPORT x RF_MUTE vvvv 1‬ﻛﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ = 0 ،‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Audio Tx‬‬
‫‪= SET x AUDIO_TX_MODE vvvv 1‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‪ = 2 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ = 3 ،‬ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫‪REPORT x AUDIO_TX_MODE vvvv 1‬‬
‫= ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‪ = 2 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ = 3 ،‬ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Audio Tx‬‬
‫‪GET x AUDIO_TX_MODE‬‬
‫‪REPORT x AUDIO_TX_MODE vvvv 1‬‬
‫= ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‪ = 2 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ = 3 ،‬ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫‪= SET x AUDIO_IN_LINE_LVL vvvv 0‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‪ = 1 ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﺨﻂ(‬
‫‪REPORT x AUDIO_IN_LINE_LVL vvvv‬‬
‫‪ = 0‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‪ = 1 ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﺨﻂ(‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫‪GET x AUDIO_IN_LINE_LVL‬‬
‫‪REPORT x AUDIO_IN_LINE_LVL vvvv‬‬
‫‪ = 0‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‪ = 1 ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﺨﻂ(‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪= SET x METER_RATE vvvvvvvvvvv 0‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪REPORT x METER_RATE‬‬
‫‪ = vvvvvvvvvvv 0‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪GET x METER_RATE‬‬
‫‪REPORT x METER_RATE‬‬
‫‪ = vvvvvvvvvvv 0‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪REPORT x AUDIO_IN_LVL_L‬‬
‫‪vvvvvvvvvvv‬‬
‫‪REPORT x AUDIO_IN_LVL_L‬‬
‫‪vvvvvvvvvvv REPORT x‬‬
‫‪AUDIO_IN_LVL_R vvvvvvvvvvv‬‬
‫‪" Spectrum Scan‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ"‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ‪ ،MAIN MENU‬ﺣﺪﺩ ‪RADIO > FULL SCAN > RUN SCAN‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ SPECTRUM SCAN‬ﻭﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ > ‪Sync‬‬
‫‪Spectrum > SyncScan‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻛﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ، Sync > Spectrum‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Deploy‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪33/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Open Frequencies‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ enter‬ﺍﻟﻮﻣﺎﺽ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ‪ LED‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪MAIN MENU > RADIO > FULL SCAN > SPECTRUM‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ ▼▲‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ enter‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ exit‬ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ scan‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪Sync > Spectrum‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Cursor‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Zoom‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪ WWB‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪. Util > More > FW Update‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪) IR‬ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء( ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .Download‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ‪ 50‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹱﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ! ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪PSM 1000‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﻱ‬
‫‪952–470‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪34/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫‪80–72‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﻡ )‪ 300‬ﻗﺪﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫‪ 35‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ –‪ 15‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ 1±‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﹽﺢ ‪A‬‬
‫‪ 90‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ(‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 34±‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ @ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫>‪) 0.5%‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪ Shure‬ﻣﹹﺴﹿﺘﹷﻨﹷﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ‪ 12‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ 80‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ ±2.5‬ﺟﺰء ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻂ ‪MPX‬‬
‫‪ 19‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ 0.3±‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫‪ FM*, MPX‬ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫*ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 34±‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ @ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 18°C-‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪C°57+‬‬
‫‪P10T‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ 100 ,50 ,10 :‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻭﺍﺕ )‪20+‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ‪RF‬‬
‫‪ 50‬ﺃﻭﻡ )ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ(‬
‫‪35/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ 4.7‬ﻛﺠﻢ )‪ (10.4‬ﺭﻃﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ x 483 x 343 44‬ﻣﻢ )‪ x 19.0 x 13.5 1.7‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ × ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ × ﺍﻟﺒﹹﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 240–100‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ 50/60 ,‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 0.5 ,‬ﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ )‪ ,5.5‬ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﹹﺤﻤﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫‪ 240–100‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ 50/60 ,‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 5 ,‬ﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ,‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﹹﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ XLR‬ﻭ‪ TRS 6.35‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 1/4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪XLR‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻜﺲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻦ‬
‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪ TRS 6,35‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 1/4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﹷﻴﹿﻞ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺑﹻﻲﹼ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺰﻥ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﹱﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 70.2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ )‪) (kΩ‬ﻓﻌﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ‪ 4+ :‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ 10– ,(dBu‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ 4+‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(dBu‬‬
‫‪ 29.2+‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(dBu‬‬
‫‪ 10-‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫‪ 12.2+‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(dBu‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﺘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 60‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫‪36/41‬‬
‫‪XLR‬‬
‫‪=1‬ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪=2 ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‪=3 ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪ TRS 6,35‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 1/4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ=ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ=ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺒﺔ=ﻗﻄﺐ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪ TRS 6,35‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 1/4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺰﻥ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﹱﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ‬
‫‪+P10R‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫–‪ 3‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 30.5‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫‪ 31‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ )‪ 20 (SINAD‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫‪ 2.2‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ 90‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ 70‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫‪0.37‬ﻣﻴﻠﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ 22‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ )‪ 3±‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ 70‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ 80‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ %1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﺵ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪,‬ﻓﻲ‪ 16‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻭﺍﺕ )ﻟﻜﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ(‬
‫‪37/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫>‪ 1‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ 2± :‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 4± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 6± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ @ ‪ 100‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ 2± :‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 4± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 6± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ‪ 160‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪,‬‬
‫‪ 250‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 400 ,‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 500 ,‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 630 ,‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫‪Q: 0.7, 1.4, 2.9, 5.0, 11.5 -‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ 2± :‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 4± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 6± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪,‬‬
‫‪ 1.6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 2.5 ,‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 4 ,‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 6.3 ,‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ‪Q: 0.7, 1.4, 2.9, 5.0, 11.5 -‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ 2± :‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 4± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪ 6± ,‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ @ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ )‪ 0‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 48-‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ 3‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ 0 :‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 70-‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ 158‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ x 66 x 23 99‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 3.9‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ‪ x 2.6‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ‪ x 0.9‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ × ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ × ﺍﻟﺒﹹﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 6–4‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ( ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪AA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪38/41‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺳﻮﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ )‪ 542-470‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪UA700‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺳﻮﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ )‪ 626-540‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪UA710‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺳﻮﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ )‪ 692-596‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪UA720‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺳﻮﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ )‪ 830-670‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪UA730‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺳﻮﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ )‪ 952-830‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪UA740‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ‪ 1/2‬ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪UA8‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ )‪(2‬‬
‫‪95B9023‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ‪/‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫‪95A2313‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ( ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫‪90XN1371‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪ‬
‫‪90B8977‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪AA‬‬
‫‪65A15224‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻲ ﺳﻠﺒﻲ ‪ 952-470‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ BNC‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ BNC‬ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻀﻤﹽﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪PA805SWB‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ PWS‬ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ‪ 900-480 ،‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪HA-8089‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ PWS‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻲ‪ 900-480 ،‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪HA-8091‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ )‪ 1100-470‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪UA860SWB‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ BNC-BNC‬ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫‪UA802‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ BNC‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ BNC‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 6‬ﻗﺪﻡ )‪ 1.8‬ﻡ( ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ULX‬‬
‫‪UA806‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ BNC-BNC‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 25‬ﻗﺪﻣﹱﺎ‬
‫‪UA825‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ BNC-BNC‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 50‬ﻗﺪﻣﹱﺎ‬
‫‪UA850‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ BNC-BNC‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫‪UA8100‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﹽﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ 4‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ )ﺃﺩﺍء ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ(‬
‫‪PA421B‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﹽﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ 8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫‪PA821B‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ‪ IFB‬ﻣﻠﻔﻮﻑ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ‪Shure‬‬
‫‪EAC-IFB‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪39/41‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻭﺍﻁ(‬
‫‪G10‬‬
‫‪470-542‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪G10E‬‬
‫‪470-542‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪G10J‬‬
‫‪470-542‬‬
‫‪6/10‬‬
‫‪G11‬‬
‫‪479-542‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪G62‬‬
‫‪510-530‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪H8Z‬‬
‫‪518-582‬‬
‫‪10/50‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻭﺍﻁ(‬
‫‪H22‬‬
‫‪518-582‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪J8‬‬
‫‪554-626‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪J8A‬‬
‫‪554-616‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪J8E‬‬
‫‪554-626‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪J8J‬‬
‫‪554-626‬‬
‫‪6/10‬‬
‫‪K10E‬‬
‫‪596-668‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪L8‬‬
‫‪626-698‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪L8A‬‬
‫‪653-663‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪L8E‬‬
‫‪626-698‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪L8J‬‬
‫‪626-698‬‬
‫‪6/10‬‬
‫‪L9E‬‬
‫‪670-742‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪L11J‬‬
‫‪670-714‬‬
‫‪6/10‬‬
‫‪M19‬‬
‫‪694-703‬‬
‫‪10/50‬‬
‫‪P8‬‬
‫‪710-790‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪Q12‬‬
‫‪748-758‬‬
‫‪10/50‬‬
‫‪Q21‬‬
‫‪710-787‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪Q22E‬‬
‫‪750-822‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪R27‬‬
‫‪794-806‬‬
‫‪10/50‬‬
‫‪X1‬‬
‫‪944-952‬‬
‫‪10/50/100‬‬
‫‪X7‬‬
‫‪925-937.5‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ ‪ ،2019‬ﻳﹹﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ 823 - 694‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫*ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪+P10R‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ )‪ (IC‬ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ‪.RSS-123‬‬
‫‪40/41‬‬
‫‪Shure Incorporated‬‬
‫‪P10T‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ‪ FCC‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪.74‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺧﺺ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ISED‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ RSS-123‬ﻭ‪.RSS-102‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ‪ ،WEEE 2002/96/EC‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﺑـ ‪EC/2008/34‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ‪RoHS 2011/65/EC‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪.CE‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Shure Incorporated‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪ .EU/2014/53‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪http://www.shure.com/europe/compliance :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Shure Europe GmbH‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‬
‫‪Jakob-Dieffenbacher-Str. 12‬‬
‫‪Eppingen, Germany 75031‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪0 49 92-7262-49 :‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪4 11 49 92-7262-49 :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪EMEAsupport@shure.de :‬‬
‫‪41/41‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising